GURUKUL

2009

Spoken Hindi Lesson Modules and Lesson

Plans

Ragini Narasimhan

[ T Y P E T H E C O M P A N Y A D D R E S S ]

Table of Contents

1 How to use this book 6

Class Stations 6

Beginner 6

Intermediate 6

Advanced 6

General guidelines 7

Techniques and nomenclature 7

Repetition Drill 8

Backward Build-Up Drill 8

Chain Drill 8

Single-Slot Substitution Drill 9

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill 9

Transformation Drill 9

Question and Answer Drill 10

Use of Minimal Pairs 10

Grammar Game 10

Transliteration rules 11

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou) (yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns 13

Introductions 13

यह वह and Nouns 13

हानही and practice Nouns 14

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी 14

Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना 14

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी 14

PROPSMATERIAL 15

Nouns 15

3 His-Her Relationships 17

Revision 17

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships 17

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships 18

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo 27

Revision 27

Verbs 27

3-word noun-verb combo 27

5 Verbs Commands Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts 56

Revision 56

HisHer noun-verb combo 56

MyYour noun-verb combo 57

Commands 57

6 Telling time time of day days of the week 58

Numbers 1-12 58

Telling the hour 58

सबह दोपहर याम रात 58

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip) 59

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables etc 61

Verbs to be revisedintroduced 61

Nouns to be introduced 61

Tastes to be introduced 61

Time 61

Commands Respectful only 61

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74

Nouns 74

Verbs 74

Time 74

Commands Respectful only 74

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94

Nouns 94

Verbs 94

Commands Respectful only 94

10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108

STORY for Snack time 108

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108

11 Plurals िकतन 123

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130

13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा

पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131

15 Adverbs 131

16 Past tense 131

17 More past tense 131

18 Mixture of past and present 131

19 जब ndashतब 131

1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on

knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession

However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of

some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of

each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of

children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show

them from a distance

Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class

Beginner

A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however

include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence

up and later move them

Intermediate

An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to

build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating

Advanced

An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however

heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher

peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have

specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc

NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A

beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi

General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We

will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far

even when we speak to them For instance

bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will

not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a

5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be

used as the respectful form

bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous

tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the

early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well

bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह

bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा

ह वह कर रही ह

Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally

Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance

if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair

to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse

ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget

Techniques and nomenclature

We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Table of Contents

1 How to use this book 6

Class Stations 6

Beginner 6

Intermediate 6

Advanced 6

General guidelines 7

Techniques and nomenclature 7

Repetition Drill 8

Backward Build-Up Drill 8

Chain Drill 8

Single-Slot Substitution Drill 9

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill 9

Transformation Drill 9

Question and Answer Drill 10

Use of Minimal Pairs 10

Grammar Game 10

Transliteration rules 11

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou) (yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns 13

Introductions 13

यह वह and Nouns 13

हानही and practice Nouns 14

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी 14

Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना 14

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी 14

PROPSMATERIAL 15

Nouns 15

3 His-Her Relationships 17

Revision 17

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships 17

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships 18

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo 27

Revision 27

Verbs 27

3-word noun-verb combo 27

5 Verbs Commands Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts 56

Revision 56

HisHer noun-verb combo 56

MyYour noun-verb combo 57

Commands 57

6 Telling time time of day days of the week 58

Numbers 1-12 58

Telling the hour 58

सबह दोपहर याम रात 58

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip) 59

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables etc 61

Verbs to be revisedintroduced 61

Nouns to be introduced 61

Tastes to be introduced 61

Time 61

Commands Respectful only 61

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74

Nouns 74

Verbs 74

Time 74

Commands Respectful only 74

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94

Nouns 94

Verbs 94

Commands Respectful only 94

10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108

STORY for Snack time 108

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108

11 Plurals िकतन 123

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130

13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा

पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131

15 Adverbs 131

16 Past tense 131

17 More past tense 131

18 Mixture of past and present 131

19 जब ndashतब 131

1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on

knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession

However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of

some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of

each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of

children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show

them from a distance

Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class

Beginner

A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however

include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence

up and later move them

Intermediate

An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to

build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating

Advanced

An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however

heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher

peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have

specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc

NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A

beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi

General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We

will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far

even when we speak to them For instance

bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will

not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a

5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be

used as the respectful form

bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous

tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the

early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well

bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह

bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा

ह वह कर रही ह

Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally

Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance

if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair

to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse

ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget

Techniques and nomenclature

We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

PROPSMATERIAL 15

Nouns 15

3 His-Her Relationships 17

Revision 17

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships 17

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships 18

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo 27

Revision 27

Verbs 27

3-word noun-verb combo 27

5 Verbs Commands Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts 56

Revision 56

HisHer noun-verb combo 56

MyYour noun-verb combo 57

Commands 57

6 Telling time time of day days of the week 58

Numbers 1-12 58

Telling the hour 58

सबह दोपहर याम रात 58

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip) 59

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables etc 61

Verbs to be revisedintroduced 61

Nouns to be introduced 61

Tastes to be introduced 61

Time 61

Commands Respectful only 61

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74

Nouns 74

Verbs 74

Time 74

Commands Respectful only 74

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94

Nouns 94

Verbs 94

Commands Respectful only 94

10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108

STORY for Snack time 108

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108

11 Plurals िकतन 123

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130

13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा

पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131

15 Adverbs 131

16 Past tense 131

17 More past tense 131

18 Mixture of past and present 131

19 जब ndashतब 131

1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on

knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession

However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of

some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of

each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of

children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show

them from a distance

Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class

Beginner

A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however

include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence

up and later move them

Intermediate

An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to

build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating

Advanced

An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however

heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher

peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have

specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc

NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A

beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi

General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We

will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far

even when we speak to them For instance

bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will

not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a

5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be

used as the respectful form

bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous

tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the

early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well

bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह

bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा

ह वह कर रही ह

Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally

Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance

if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair

to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse

ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget

Techniques and nomenclature

We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Commands Respectful only 61

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74

Nouns 74

Verbs 74

Time 74

Commands Respectful only 74

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94

Nouns 94

Verbs 94

Commands Respectful only 94

10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108

STORY for Snack time 108

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108

11 Plurals िकतन 123

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130

13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा

पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131

15 Adverbs 131

16 Past tense 131

17 More past tense 131

18 Mixture of past and present 131

19 जब ndashतब 131

1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on

knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession

However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of

some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of

each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of

children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show

them from a distance

Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class

Beginner

A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however

include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence

up and later move them

Intermediate

An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to

build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating

Advanced

An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however

heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher

peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have

specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc

NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A

beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi

General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We

will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far

even when we speak to them For instance

bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will

not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a

5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be

used as the respectful form

bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous

tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the

early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well

bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह

bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा

ह वह कर रही ह

Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally

Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance

if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair

to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse

ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget

Techniques and nomenclature

We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

19 जब ndashतब 131

1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on

knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession

However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of

some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of

each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of

children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show

them from a distance

Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class

Beginner

A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however

include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence

up and later move them

Intermediate

An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to

build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating

Advanced

An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however

heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher

peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have

specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc

NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A

beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi

General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We

will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far

even when we speak to them For instance

bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will

not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a

5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be

used as the respectful form

bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous

tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the

early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well

bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह

bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा

ह वह कर रही ह

Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally

Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance

if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair

to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse

ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget

Techniques and nomenclature

We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on

knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession

However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of

some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of

each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of

children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show

them from a distance

Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class

Beginner

A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however

include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence

up and later move them

Intermediate

An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to

build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating

Advanced

An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however

heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher

peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have

specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc

NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A

beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi

General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We

will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far

even when we speak to them For instance

bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will

not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a

5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be

used as the respectful form

bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous

tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the

early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well

bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह

bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा

ह वह कर रही ह

Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally

Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance

if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair

to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse

ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget

Techniques and nomenclature

We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We

will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far

even when we speak to them For instance

bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will

not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a

5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be

used as the respectful form

bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous

tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the

early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well

bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह

bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा

ह वह कर रही ह

Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally

Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance

if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair

to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse

ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget

Techniques and nomenclature

We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Repetition Drill

The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog

Backward Build-Up Drill

This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school

Chain Drill

In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones

bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Single-Slot Substitution Drill

The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office

This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school

Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill

This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time

bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store

Transformation Drill

The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

From affirmative to negative

bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots

From active to passive

bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened

From direct speech to reported speech

bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary

From a statement to a question

bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots

Question and Answer Drill

This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically

Use of Minimal Pairs

With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language

Grammar Game

This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread

(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some

bread I need some coffee

If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item

Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents

Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )

Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)

ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)

T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )

t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)

p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)

y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)

kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)

Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)

(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns

Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent

namegt ह

Make the children sit in a circle

Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह

ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह

Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह

This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question

यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to

you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back

and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह

कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence

4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next

person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB

does the picking and asking and so on

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times

Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and

so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to

answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह

bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns

taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह

The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the

set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they

have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers

इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह

Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी

bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)

o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह

bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the

ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say

this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah

iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect

For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl

Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each

other and saying whose object it is

Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish

PROPSMATERIAL

Nouns

bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI

(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI

(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)

bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI

(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can

point to

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khilonA

gAdI

gilAs

peR

phUl chAbI

thAlA

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

3 His-Her Relationships

Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and

build up some confidence

Relationships

Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show

भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to

avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand

1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as

यह नील ह नील लड़का ह

यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह

नील ता या का भाई ह

ता या नील की बहन ह

यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह

यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह

यह नील और ता या क पापा ह

यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह

यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह

यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc

2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A

couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children

to ask each other

Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह

यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह

यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)

Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or

यह इनकी मा ह

Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill

Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह

वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह

वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह

वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह

and ask them वह कौन ह And so on

मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी

Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc

आपका भाई का नाम कया ह

मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह

आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह

मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह

आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह

आपकी मा का नाम कया ह

Homework

Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

ParivAr (Family)

Neel Tanya pApA aur mA

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

mA नील और तानया की मा

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

4 Verbs Noun-verb combo

Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more

Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter

जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc

3-word noun-verb combo

Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises

1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and

make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म

भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa

and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and

bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also

pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all

2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better

get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter

यह कया ह या यह कौन ह

यह कया करताकरती ह

यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह

(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)

3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb

The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group

have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences

a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND

b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)

आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khelnA (To play)

क ा खलता ह |

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khelnA (To play)

िबलली खलती ह |

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Dhonaa (To wash)

लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sochnA (To think)

औरत सोचती ह |

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Tairnaa (To swim)

दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Tairnaa (To swim)

लड़का तरता ह |

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

nAchnA (To dance)

मोर नाचता ह |

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

5 Verbs Commands

Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts

Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह

िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह

HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह

2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)

o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo

o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह

इनकी िबलली भागती ह

o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह

o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह

o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह

o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above

exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each

child gets several turns

o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example

use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and

so on with brother father mother grandparents etc

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

MyYour noun-verb combo

Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह

3 Chain drill with multiple substitution

o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the

flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी

िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)

o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two

flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह

o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह

o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to

Child C and so on

Commands

Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय

4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The

child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

6 Telling time time of day days of the

week

Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child

and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next

person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained

Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw

the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet

so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know

and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate

1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो

बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)

2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the

time

3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to

stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब

तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance

When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids

squeal with laughter with this game

सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the

actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also

place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the

day

bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo

bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about

when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc

5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the

time Try this with as many verbs as possible

आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह

Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)

o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार

ह)

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

rAt (night) subAh (morning)

Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables

etc

Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you

Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc

Nouns to be introduced

Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair

Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter

Time

रात साथ बज खता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना

खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

baingan TamaaTar

bhindI

KakaRikhiirA

nimbU

adarak

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar

bhuTTaa laukI

gAjar phUlgobI

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khaTTA namkIn

ThandA KaDvA

garam mIThA

tIkhA

TASTES

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

rAt (Night)

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns

commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी

Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी

करना

Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans

earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

bistar

thakiyA

tauliyA sAbUn

KapaRe

kangI

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

rAt (Night)

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sapnA dekhanA (To

Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

subah (Morning)

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pochhanA (To wipe)

लड़की प छती ह

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pehannA (To wear)

लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns

Commands etc

The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it

starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and

waking up and then brushing teeth and so on

Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान

Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc

Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do

You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम

कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson

plans earlier to talk about above concepts

Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

School

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

subah (Morning)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

jAnA (To Go)

लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

jAnA (To Go)

लड़का जाता ह

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

likhnA (To Write)

लड़की िलखती ह

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

likhnA (To Write)

लड़का िलखता ह

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

10 म and herethere (यहावहा)

Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा

1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag

pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter

bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह

In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first

o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie

Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc

2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions

o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह

3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with

different objects)

o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह

4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept

Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)

Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह

5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done

o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह

o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह

o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह

o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह

STORY for Snack time

Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)

biskuT (biscuits) plate

िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)

कटोरी म चमच ह |

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

chamach (spoon)

jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)

चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

AsmAn (sky)

havAI jhAj (airplane)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)

हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)

िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)

पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)

थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

गानाhellip

यह कया ह एक थाली ह |

इस थाली म एक चमच ह |

इस चमच म पानी ह |

पानी म एक जहाज ह |

इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |

चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |

िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

11 Plurals िकतन

o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह

o िकतन क ह तीन क ह

SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)

घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |

घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)

आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |

आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)

तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |

तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

maidAn (playground) bache (children)

मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |

मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह

तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए

rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ

nearपास नीच

7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह

13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)

o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)

o Review prepositions with Adjectives

एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह

STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब

14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and

More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी

सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला

दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)

15 Adverbs

16 Past tense

17 More past tense

18 Mixture of past and present

19 जब ndashतब